1-1: using thin layer chromatography · web viewthe most common tools used for this analysis are...

329
© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Upload: others

Post on 18-Sep-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 2: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

Table of Contents

1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography.........................................................................................11-2: Performing a Separatory Funnel Extraction.............................................................................31-3: Performing a Distillation..........................................................................................................61-4: Recrystallizing a Compound and Determining its Melting Point............................................91-5: Interpreting a Mass Spectrum................................................................................................122-1: Alkene Halogenation – 1........................................................................................................162-2: Alkene Halogenation – 2........................................................................................................182-3: Alkene Hydration – 1.............................................................................................................202-4: Alkene Hydration – 2.............................................................................................................222-5: Alkene Hydration – 3.............................................................................................................242-6: Etherification – 1....................................................................................................................262-7: Alkene Hydration – 4.............................................................................................................282-8: Alkene Halogenation – 3........................................................................................................302-9: Alkene Halogenation – 4........................................................................................................322-10: Alkene Halogenation – 5......................................................................................................342-11: Halohydrin Formation – 1....................................................................................................362-12: Epoxidation – 1....................................................................................................................382-13: Hydroboration – 1................................................................................................................402-14: Hydroboration – 2................................................................................................................422-15: Alkene Bromination – 1.......................................................................................................442-16: Alkene Bromination – 2.......................................................................................................462-17: Halohydrin Formation – 2....................................................................................................482-18: Epoxidation – 2....................................................................................................................503-1: Diene Halogenation – 1..........................................................................................................523-2: Etherification – 2....................................................................................................................543-3: Diene Halogenation – 2..........................................................................................................563-4: Diels Alder – 1.......................................................................................................................583-5: Diels Alder – 2.......................................................................................................................603-6: Diels Alder – 3.......................................................................................................................623-7: Diels Alder – 4.......................................................................................................................643-8: Diels Alder – 5.......................................................................................................................664-1: Alkyl Halide Solvolysis.........................................................................................................684-2: Nucleophilic Substitution – 1.................................................................................................70

© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 3: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

4-3: Williamson Ether Synthesis – 1.............................................................................................724-4: Alkene Formation...................................................................................................................744-5: Nucleophilic Substitution – 2.................................................................................................764-6: Williamson Ether Synthesis – 2.............................................................................................784-7: Amine Formation...................................................................................................................805-1: Alcohol Halogenation – 1......................................................................................................825-2: Alcohol Halogenation – 2......................................................................................................845-3: Alcohol Halogenation – 3......................................................................................................865-4: Alcohol Dehydration..............................................................................................................886-1: Interpreting FTIR Spectra......................................................................................................906-2: Interpreting NMR Spectra – 1................................................................................................926-3: Interpreting NMR Spectra – 2................................................................................................946-4: Interpreting NMR Spectra – 3................................................................................................966-5: Interpreting NMR Spectra – 4................................................................................................987-1: Qualitative Analysis – Alkenes............................................................................................1007-2: Qualitative Analysis – Alcohols...........................................................................................1027-3: Qualitative Analysis – Aldehydes........................................................................................1047-4: Qualitative Analysis – Ketones............................................................................................1067-5: Qualitative Analysis – Acids................................................................................................1087-6: Qualitative Analysis – Esters...............................................................................................1107-7: Qualitative Analysis – Amines.............................................................................................1127-8: Qualitative Analysis – Amides.............................................................................................1147-9: Qualitative Analysis – Halides.............................................................................................1167-10: Qualitative Analysis – Ethers.............................................................................................1187-11: Qualitative Analysis – General..........................................................................................1208-1: Benzene Nitration – 1...........................................................................................................1228-2: Benzene Nitration – 2...........................................................................................................1248-3: Benzene Nitration – 3...........................................................................................................1268-4: Friedel-Crafts – 1.................................................................................................................1288-5: Friedel-Crafts – 2.................................................................................................................1308-6: Friedel-Crafts – 3.................................................................................................................1328-7: Friedel-Crafts – 4.................................................................................................................1349-1: Ester Formation....................................................................................................................1369-2: Amide Formation.................................................................................................................1389-3: Ester Hydrolysis...................................................................................................................140

© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 4: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

9-4: Transesterification................................................................................................................14210-1: Grignard Addition – 1........................................................................................................14410-2: Grignard Addition – 2........................................................................................................14610-3: Grignard Addition – 3........................................................................................................14810-4: Carbonyl Reduction............................................................................................................15010-5: Acetal Formation................................................................................................................15211-1: α-Halogenation – 1.............................................................................................................15411-2: α-Halogenation – 2.............................................................................................................15611-3: α-Halogenation – 3.............................................................................................................15811-4: Aldol – 1.............................................................................................................................16011-5: Aldol – 2...........................................................................................................................160211-6: Aldol – 3.............................................................................................................................16411-7: Aldol – 4.............................................................................................................................16611-8: Claisen Condensation – 1...................................................................................................16811-9: Claisen Condensation – 2...................................................................................................17011-10: Claisen Condensation – 3.................................................................................................17211-11: Dieckmann Reaction........................................................................................................17411-12: Aldol – 5...........................................................................................................................17612-1: Alcohol Oxidation – 1........................................................................................................17812-2: Alcohol Oxidation – 2........................................................................................................18012-3: Alcohol Oxidation – 3........................................................................................................18212-4: Aldehyde Oxidation...........................................................................................................18412-5: Baeyer-Villiger Oxidation..................................................................................................18612-6: Alkene Dihydroxylation.....................................................................................................18812-7: Quinone Reduction.............................................................................................................19013-1: Epoxidation – 3..................................................................................................................192

© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 5: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography

Thin layer chromatography (TLC) is a simple and relatively fast analytical tool that is used to measure the extent of a reaction or measure the relative polarity of a molecule. A TLC plate is a sheet of glass that is coated with a thin layer of adsorbent such as silica (or occasionally alumina). A small amount of the mixture to be analyzed is placed or spotted near the bottom of this plate. When monitoring reactions, it is common to place the starting materials on one side of the plate (or in the left lane) and the reaction mixture in the right lane. The TLC plate is then placed in a shallow pool of a solvent (20% ethyl acetate/hexanes) so that only the very bottom of the plate is in the liquid. This solvent, or the eluent, is the mobile phase, and it slowly rises up the TLC plate by capillary action.

As the solvent moves past the spot that was applied, it carries the spotted mixture up the plate where a competition occurs between the solvent carrying the mixture and the silica on the plate. Since the silica adsorbent is polar, polar molecules in the mixture will rise very little up the plate, but nonpolar molecules will have little attraction to the silica and will consequently rise to the top. Molecules of intermediate polarity will stop somewhere in between these two extremes. When the solvent has reached the top of the plate, the plate is removed from the solvent, dried, and then the separated components of the mixture are visualized by exposure to a UV lamp. The positions of each spot on the TLC plate are identified and recorded by assigning Rf values from 0.0 to 1.0, where a 0.0 indicates the spot is at the bottom of the plate and a 1.0 indicates the spot is at the top.

In this assignment, you will be guided through the steps of a simple esterification reaction as a demonstration of how to use thin layer chromatography as a tool to monitor a reaction until it reaches completion. This assignment will also serve as a tutorial to teach you how to utilize the various parts of the organic simulation that will be used in later assignments.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Using Thin Layer Chromatography from the list of assignments. The lab will open in the Synthesis laboratory, and you should see a lab bench containing reagents on the back of the bench, aqueous reagents on the right, an equipment rack containing necessary laboratory equipment, a red disposal bucket for cleaning up the lab, and the organic stockroom in the back. Other pieces of laboratory equipment will be used in other assignments.

2. You will find a round bottom flask located on the stockroom counter. Select the starting materials for the reaction by first clicking on the bottle containing 2-phenylacetic acid (PhAcOH) and dragging and dropping the scoop on the mouth of the flask. Now do the same for 3-methyl-1-butanol (PentOH) except this time a syringe will be used since this starting material is a liquid. Note the bottle labels are small, but you can see the full name and structure of each starting material by hovering over the bottle. Now click on the flask and drag it to the stir plate on the lab bench. It should snap into place when you are at the right location.

3. The round bottom flask containing the two starting materials should now be on the stir plate. The two starting materials should be listed on the chalkboard, and hovering over the listed starting materials will display their structures on the chalkboard. Help on using Virtual ChemLab Organic can be found by clicking on the bell on the stockroom counter.

4. In order to perform an esterification reaction, sulfuric acid (H2SO4) must be added to the starting materials. This is done by clicking on the H2SO4 bottle on the reagent shelf on the back of the lab bench and dragging the syringe to the round bottom flask. The acid can also be added by double-clicking on the H2SO4 bottle. The chalkboard should now show that the acid has been added to the reaction mixture.

1© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 6: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

5. Before the reaction can be started, we must be able to heat the reaction mixture so the reaction can proceed at a suitable rate. This is done by adding a heating mantle to heat the reaction mixture, adding a condenser so the mixture can be refluxed, and then adding nitrogen gas to maintain an inert atmosphere and to prevent pressure buildup. Click on the Heating Mantle and drag it to the round bottom flask to place it on the stir plate. Now click on the Condenser from the equipment rack and drag it on top of the round bottom flask. Finally, click on the nitrogen gas hose to the right of the stir plate and drag and drop it on top of the condenser. Now click on the Stir Plate button to start the reaction. You should see the reaction mixture stirring in the round bottom flask.

6. Before waiting too long, perform a TLC measurement by clicking on the TLC jar located in front of the analytical equipment and dragging and dropping the TLC plate on the round bottom flask. A window should now open showing the TLC results. In the starting material lane (the left lane) you should see two large spots near the bottom and in the reaction lane (the right lane) you should see the same two spots.

Why are the spots the same for both the right and left lanes?              

7. Close the TLC window and now advance the reaction forward 15 minutes (or you can just wait 15 minutes) by advancing the time on the laboratory clock. This is done by clicking on the appropriate button under the minutes, tens of minutes, or hours digits on the clock. Now perform a new TLC measurement on the reaction mixture.

What is the new spot?

What has happened to the size of the starting material spots? Why?        

7. Close the TLC window again and now advance the laboratory time forward until all of the starting materials have been consumed. You will need to monitor the reaction with TLC measurements until you observe that the starting materials have been consumed. You will also notice that some time passes each time you perform TLC by dragging over a plate.

How much time (approximately) did it take to run each TLC?

Why is running a TLC not instantaneous?

How much time did it take to complete the reaction?

2© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 7: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

What are the Rf values for the starting materials and product?

What can you say about the relative polarities of the starting materials and the product?                          

           

9. When a reaction is complete, the reaction mixture is rinsed or “worked up” by adding an aqueous reagent of an appropriate pH to the reaction mixture in a separatory funnel. After you shake the funnel to thoroughly rinse the reaction mixture, the water-soluble products will be in the aqueous phase and all others will be in the organic phase. Click on the separatory funnel on the equipment rack and drag it to the round bottom flask. The reaction mixture should now be in the funnel. Now select the HCl aqueous reagent and drag it to the top of the funnel to add it. There will now be two layers, the top being the organic phase and the bottom the aqueous phase. Click on the organic phase to extract the product and drag it to the cork ring on the lab bench. Perform a TLC measurement on the solution in the flask to confirm that it is the same product produced in the reaction.

3© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 8: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1-2: Performing a Separatory Funnel ExtractionOften in organic synthesis reactions, multiple products will be synthesized that need to be separated from each other. The separatory funnel is a standard organic laboratory tool that uses differences in chemical solubility to separate compounds. All separatory funnel extractions involve a polar and a non-polar solvent. The two solvents are immiscible, meaning that they will not mix with each other.

The product mixture is added to a separatory funnel, which has a stopcock and can be sealed with a glass stopper. The product mixture is often (but not always) in an organic (non-polar) solvent. A volume of polar solvent is added to the separatory funnel which is then sealed and shaken vigorously. Products that are more soluble in the polar solvent will be dissolved into that solvent. This portion of the mixture is often called the “aqueous phase” or the “aqueous layer”. Products that are more soluble in the non-polar solvent will dissolve in that solvent, and this portion is known as the “organic phase” or the “organic layer”. After shaking, the funnel is placed in a ring stand and the solvents are allowed to settle. Because the two solvents are immiscible, they will separate into two layers, with the more dense solvent settling at the bottom. The separatory funnel is then un-stoppered, and the lower layer is carefully drained into a separate flask by opening the stopcock. This layer can be the aqueous or the organic layer, depending on the solvent densities. In a real laboratory, the separatory funnel extraction is often repeated several more times to ensure the best separation of the products.

Below is a table of some common organic laboratory solvents and their approximate densities. In the real lab, it may be difficult to determine visually which layer in the extraction is which. A knowledge of the densities of the solvents will help you correctly identify the layers.

Solvent Density (g/ml) at ~20 °CH2O 1.000Diethyl Ether – (C2H5)2O 0.713Dichloromethane – CH2Cl2 1.327

In this assignment, you will be guided through the steps of a hydroboration reaction as a demonstration of how to use separatory funnel extraction as a tool to separate products. This assignment will also serve as a tutorial to teach you how to utilize the various parts of the organic simulation that will be used in later assignments. Help with using Virtual ChemLab Organic can be found by clicking on the bell on the stockroom counter.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Performing a Separatory Funnel Extraction from the list of assignments. The lab will open in the Synthesis laboratory, and you should see a lab bench containing reagents on the back of the bench, aqueous reagents on the right, an equipment rack containing necessary laboratory equipment, a red disposal bucket for cleaning up the lab, and the organic stockroom in the back. Other pieces of laboratory equipment will be used in other assignments.

2. You will find a round bottom flask located on the stockroom counter. Select the starting materials for the reaction by first clicking on the bottle containing 1-hexene and dragging and dropping the syringe on the mouth of the flask. Now do the same for the solvent, ether. The bottle labels are small, but you can see the full name and structure of each starting material by hovering over the bottle. Now click on the flask and drag it to the stir plate on the lab bench. It should snap into place when you are at the right location. Alternatively, you can just double click on any of the reagents or equipment in the lab to add them to the flask and to put them in position to perform your experiment.

3© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 9: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate. The starting materials you added will be listed on the chalkboard and hovering over a reagent will display its structure on the chalkboard.

4. In order to perform the reaction, a mixture of borane (BH3) and tetrahydrofuran (THF, C4H8O) in hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) must be added. This is done by clicking on the Borane-THF bottle on the back of the lab bench and dragging the syringe to the round bottom flask. The reagent can also be added by double-clicking on the bottle. The chalkboard will now show that the reagent has been added to the reaction mixture.

5. Before the reaction can be started, we must be able to heat the flask so the reaction can proceed at a suitable rate. This is done by adding a heating mantle to heat the reaction mixture, adding a condenser so the mixture can be refluxed, and then adding nitrogen gas to maintain an inert atmosphere and to prevent pressure buildup. Click on the Heating Mantle and drag it to the round bottom flask to place it on the stir plate. Now click on the Condenser from the equipment rack and drag it on top of the round bottom flask. Finally, click on the N2 Gas hose to the right of the stir plate and drag and drop it on top of the condenser. Now click on the Stir Plate button to start the reaction. You should see the reaction mixture stirring in the round bottom flask.

6. Monitor the reaction by TLC and by looking at the contents of the flask on the chalkboard. Let the reaction reach completion.

What are the two products formed (ignore the solvent)? 1.

2.

7. The solvent for this reaction is ether.

Do you expect product #1 to be more soluble in ether or an aqueous solvent? Draw the structure and explain your response.

Do you expect product #2 to be more soluble in ether or an aqueous solvent? Draw the structure and explain your response.

4© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 10: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

8. Now quench the reaction by clicking on the separatory funnel located on the equipment rack and dragging it onto the reaction flask. The separatory funnel should now contain the reaction mixture. Add H2O by clicking on the large H2O container and dragging it to the separatory funnel. The separatory funnel should have two distinct layers of liquid. One of the products will be in the ether layer and one in the aqueous layer.

Were your predictions correct?

Briefly explain why it is important to carry out a separatory funnel extraction.

9. You will notice that the ether layer is at the top and the aqueous layer is at the bottom.

Briefly explain why the ether layer is at the top.

If the original organic solvent was dichloromethane and water was used as the aqueous extraction

solvent, which layer would you expect to be at the top and why?

5© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 11: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

When you remove the organic layer from the separatory funnel in Virtual ChemLab Organic, there is an automatic rotary evaporator step that is performed to drive off the organic solvent. The organic solvent will disappear when you move the organic layer to a new flask on the cork ring. In the real lab you would need to perform this step on your own. This will not occur when you remove the aqueous layer, however. You will need to perform a different kind of separation following the separatory funnel extraction to remove your product from water.

Occasionally in organic synthesis, an ionic product is formed. In these cases, it is often necessary to supply the product mixture with an excess of protons to neutralize the ionic product. This can be accomplished by adding an acid – such as HCl – to a product mixture in a separatory funnel. Acids are aqueous and will therefore form the aqueous layer. Some lab activities in Virtual ChemLab Organic will require you to do this.

6© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 12: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1-3: Performing a DistillationDistillation is a separation technique utilized by organic chemists. A distillation apparatus separates liquid compounds based on boiling points. The boiling point of each compound is determined by the intermolecular forces that exist in a solution of the compound.

In a standard distillation apparatus, the mixture of liquid compounds is held within a round bottom flask known as the distillation flask. A thermometer is used to measure the temperature of the liquid in the distillation flask, and the entrance point for the thermometer is sealed. The distillation flask is also connected to a condenser at a joint. The remaining open end of the condenser is connected to a second flask called the collection flask. Heat is applied to the distillation flask and the temperature is monitored via the thermometer. As the boiling point of one of the compounds is reached, the compound is vaporized and travels into the condenser. Cold water is run through the condenser, which causes the vapors to cool and condense on the inside of the condenser. The condensed vapors drip out of the condenser and into the collection flask. The collected liquid, called the distillate, is now separated from the other compounds in the distillation flask. Note that this is a sealed system and an inert gas must also be attached to provide pressure relief and an inert environment for the distillate.

In this assignment, you will be guided through the steps of a Friedel-Crafts reaction as a demonstration of how to use a distillation apparatus as a tool to separate products. This assignment will also serve as a tutorial to teach you how to utilize the various parts of the organic simulation that will be used in later assignments.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Performing a Distillation from the list of assignments. The lab will open in the Synthesis laboratory, and you should see a lab bench containing reagents on the back of the bench, aqueous reagents on the right, an equipment rack containing necessary laboratory equipment, a red disposal bucket for cleaning up the lab, and the organic stockroom in the back. Other pieces of laboratory equipment will be used in other assignments.

2. You will find a round bottom flask located on the stockroom counter. Select the starting materials for the reaction by first clicking on the bottle containing benzaldehyde and dragging and dropping the syringe on the mouth of the flask. Now do the same for the other reactant – acetyl chloride – and for the solvent – ether. Note the bottle labels are small, but you can see the full name and structure of each starting material by hovering over the bottle. Now click on the flask and drag it to the stir plate on the lab bench. It should snap into place when you are at the right location.

7© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Condenser

Thermometer

Collection FlaskDistillation Flask

Page 13: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3. The round bottom flask containing the starting material should now be on the stir plate. The starting materials should be listed on the chalkboard, and hovering over a listed starting material will display its structure on the chalkboard. Help on using Virtual ChemLab Organic can be found by clicking on the bell on the stockroom counter.

4. In order to perform the reaction, aluminum chloride (AlCl3) must be added. This is done by clicking on the Aluminum Trichloride bottle on the back of the lab bench and dragging the spatula to the round bottom flask. The reagent can also be added by double-clicking on the bottle. The chalkboard should now show that the reagent has been added to the reaction mixture.

5. Before the reaction can be started, we must be able to heat the flask so the reaction can proceed at a suitable rate. This is done by adding a heating mantle to heat the reaction mixture, adding a condenser so the mixture can be refluxed, and then adding nitrogen gas to maintain an inert atmosphere and to prevent pressure buildup. Click on the Heating Mantle and drag it to the round bottom flask to place it on the stir plate. Now click on the Condenser from the equipment rack and drag it on top of the round bottom flask. Finally, click on the N2 Gas hose to the right of the stir plate and drag and drop it on top of the condenser. Now click on the Stir Plate button to start the reaction. You should see the reaction mixture stirring in the round bottom flask.

6. Allow the reaction to proceed until the product begins to form, but do not let it go to completion. A reaction time of 3 minutes is sufficient. The reaction will proceed in real time. However, time can be sped up. The three blue buttons beneath the LED clock display can advance the time in 1 min, 10 min, and 1 hr intervals. This reaction occurs fairly quickly, so only advance the time in 1 min intervals (if at all). You will be able to monitor the progress of the reaction either by running TLC plates, by looking at the compounds on the blackboard, or both. The blackboard updates as the reaction proceeds, displaying the names of all compounds in the flask.

7. After 3 minutes, the reaction mixture will contain both product and starting materials. Perform a separatory funnel extraction (see activity 1-2: Performing a Separatory Funnel Extraction). Add H2O by clicking on the large H2O container and dragging it to the separatory funnel. The separatory funnel should have two distinct layers of liquid. Remove and keep the organic layer, which contains your product. Do this by clicking on and dragging the organic layer to the cork ring, where it will be placed in a new round bottom flask. Notice that the organic layer contains the product and what remains of one of the starting materials.

What is the product that is in the organic layer?

What is the starting material that is in the organic layer?

8. The aqueous layer in the separatory funnel can be discarded in the red bin, and the funnel can be returned to the equipment rack. Put the round bottom flask with the organic layer onto the stir plate. Bring the Distillation apparatus over from the equipment rack by clicking and dragging, placing it on top of the round bottom flask on the stir plate. It should snap in place. Hovering over the thermometer will show you the temperature of the apparatus. You can also hover over the collection flask, which will be filled with distilled compounds as you carry out the distillation.

9. Attach the N2 Gas hose to the distillation apparatus to prevent pressure buildup. The distillation is started by clicking on the Stir Plate button. The apparatus takes 5–10 minutes to reach the boiling point of the compound with the lowest boiling point. You can monitor the temperature by hovering over the thermometer.

8© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 14: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

10. The boiling point of one of the products is around 178 °C. As the distillation apparatus reaches this temperature, slowly advance the time until liquid begins to collect in the collection flask.

Which of the compounds has this lower boiling point and therefore begins to distill first (we will refer to this compound as Compound 1)?

11. By hovering over the distillation flask, you will notice that some of Compound 1 remains mixed with the other compound. Continue to advance the time until all of Compound 1 is in the collection flask and none remains in the distillation flask.

What is the compound remaining in the distillation flask (Compound 2)?

12. Draw the structures of Compounds 1 and 2.

13. Intermolecular forces define the boiling points of compounds.

What type of intermolecular forces exist for Compounds 1 and 2?

____________________________________________________

Based on what you now know about the boiling points of Compounds 1 and 2, in which are

intermolecular forces stronger? Why?

9© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 15: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

Distillation can be used to separate products from products, starting materials from products, or solvents from products through boiling point differences. Some lab activities in Virtual ChemLab Organic will require you to use the principles of distillation learned here to make necessary separations.

10© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 16: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1-4: Recrystallizing a Compound and Determining its Melting PointOften in an organic chemistry lab, chemists are most interested in obtaining a compound in its purest form. It is easier to identify a pure compound than an impure one. To improve the purity of a solid compound, organic chemists will often recrystallize it. Crystals form when identical molecules or atoms come together to build a repeating geometrical pattern, called a lattice. Because a crystal lattice is made up almost entirely of identical molecules, crystals are very pure forms of the compounds that comprise them.

Recrystallization can be done in a variety of simple ways. Just a few possible techniques will be covered here. The first recrystallization technique involves saturating a hot solvent with the compound of interest. A minimal amount of compatible solvent is added to an amount of solid in a beaker. The mixture is gently heated and stirred until the solid has completely dissolved. At this time, the solution is removed from heat so that it may cool. As the solution cools, the solubility of the compound in the solvent decreases, and crystals of the compound will begin to precipitate. These crystals can be filtered from the solvent for analysis.

Another crystallization technique allows the solvent in a solution of the compound to slowly evaporate. Enough solvent is eventually evaporated to precipitate crystals of the compound. If the solvent is highly volatile, a cap with small holes may be placed above the solution to prevent rapid evaporation.

The final crystallization technique uses two miscible solvents to precipitate the compound. The compound is soluble in one of the solvents but not the other. A solution of the compound is made with the solvent in which it is soluble. The other solvent, called the counter solvent, is then slowly added to the solution. As the two solvents mix, the solubility of the compound in the mixture decreases. When enough counter solvent is added, the compound will precipitate.

11© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Single Solvent, Hot–Cold Method

Slow Evaporation Method

Page 17: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

After a compound is recrystallized, its melting point range is often used to determine its purity. Impurities within the compound or mixtures will lead to melting points outside the expected range for the pure compound.

The simplest way to determine a melting point range is to use a melting point apparatus. A few milligrams of the sample to be analyzed are added to a capillary tube (a very small, thin, glass tube with an opening at one end). The tube is then placed in the analysis well of the melting point apparatus. The rate of temperature increase can be controlled and set by the user. Often, a small magnifying glass provides a view of the bottom of the capillary tube while it sits in the analysis well. The melting point range for the compound begins at the temperature when small beads of liquid begin to form on the wall of the capillary. The end of the melting point range is the temperature at which the entire sample has liquified. The determined melting point range can then be compared to reported values for the compound in its purest form.

Virtual ChemLab Organic uses simplified simulations for recrystallization and melting point determination. In this assignment, you will be guided through the steps of a recrystallization and a melting point determination for the products of a benzene nitration reaction. This assignment will also serve as a tutorial to teach you how to utilize the various parts of the organic simulation that will be used in later assignments.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Recrystallizing a Compound and Determining its Melting Point - 1 from the list of assignments. The lab will open in the Synthesis laboratory, and you should see a lab bench containing reagents on the back of the bench, aqueous reagents on the right, an equipment rack containing necessary laboratory equipment, a red disposal bucket for cleaning up the lab, and the organic stockroom in the back. Other pieces of laboratory equipment will be used in other assignments.

2. You will find a round bottom flask on the cork ring that contains three functionalized aromatic products. The product of interest for this assignment is 1-methyl-4-nitro-benzene. Use the internet to find a melting point for this compound and record your source(s).

Melting point:

Source(s):

3. Move the flask onto the stir plate and perform a distillation (see activity 1-3: Performing a Distillation). One of the three products will distill as a liquid, and the other two will remain in the distillation flask as a solid.

12© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Counter Solvent Method

Page 18: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

What two products comprise the solid?

4. Remove the distillation apparatus by dragging it to the equipment rack. The distillation flask with the solid should remain on the stir plate. Now drag the distillation flask to the Crystallization dish, located on the right of the lab bench, just below the equipment rack. This step will automatically perform a full recrystallization in abbreviated time. A yellow crystalline solid should appear in the dish. If the crystals are pure 1-methyl-4-nitrobenzene, the melting point you determine next should match that which you found reported in Question 2.

5. Click on the melting point apparatus (the small black instrument at the bottom right of the instrument bench) and drag a capillary tube to the crystallization dish. Now hover over the small LED display on the apparatus, and the melting point should display in larger text.

What is the determined melting point for the solid?

Does this value match your reported value? Why or why not?

6. Select Recrystalliztion from the list of presets on the clipboard, which is located on the stockroom counter. The lab should reset, and a new round bottom flask should be sitting on the cork ring. This flask contains two of the products you saw in the first part of the activity and one new compound.

7. Move the flask onto the stir plate and perform a distillation (see activity 1-3: Performing a Distillation). Two of the three products will distill as a liquid, and the other will remain in the distillation flask as a solid.

8. Remove the distillation apparatus by dragging it to the equipment rack. The distillation flask with the solid should remain on the stir plate. Now drag the distillation flask to the Crystallization dish, located on the right of the lab bench, just below the equipment rack. This step will automatically perform a full recrystallization in abbreviated time. A yellow crystalline solid should appear in the dish. If the crystals are pure 1-methyl-4-nitrobenzene, the melting point you determine next should match that which you found, reported in Question 2.

9. Click on the melting point apparatus (the small black instrument at the bottom right of the instrument bench) and drag a capillary tube to the crystallization dish. Now hover over the small LED display on the apparatus, and the melting point should display in larger text.

What is the determined melting point for the solid?

Does this value match your reported value? Why or why not?

13© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 19: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

14© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 20: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1-5: Interpreting a Mass SpectrumMass spectrometry is an essential characterization technique used in organic chemistry. In a common electron ionization (EI) mass spectrometry analysis, molecules in a sample are ionized and fragmented in a stream of electrons. The resulting ions are accelerated towards a detector by an electric field. The detector creates a data output known as a mass spectrum.

All mass spectra have the x-axis as m/z. This is called the mass-to-charge ratio. It is a direct ratio between the measured mass of the ion and its charge. The principle of the mass-to-charge-ratio is best illustrated by an example. If a certain ion that hits the detector has a mass of 44 g/mol (propane, C3H8) and a charge of +1, then the m/z is 44:1 = 44. If the same ion had a charge of +2, then the m/z is 44:2 = 22. Most peaks in a mass spectrum will be for ions with charges of +1, so the m/z will be the same value as the mass of the ion. The y-axis of mass spectra is intensity. The intensity of a peak is proportional to the number of ions with that specific m/z.

In a mass spectrum, the peak corresponding to the full, unfragmented molecule of interest is referred to as the molecular ion peak. The molecular ion peak is often labelled on the spectrum with M+·. The molecular ion peak is the tallest peak in the group at highest m/z. The small peak to the right of the molecular ion peak occurs in many organic mass spectra. This peak is the 13C satellite peak. This peak represents the small percentage of the molecule that have one 13C atom exchanged for a 12C atom. This occurrence leads to a mass increase of one, so the 13C satellite peaks are always one m/z larger than the molecular ion peak. The most intense (tallest) peak in the spectrum is referred to as the base peak. All peaks below the molecular ion peak represent fragments of the full molecule and are therefore referred to as fragment peaks. These fragments are often identical between similar molecules.

In this assignment, you will be guided through the steps of mass spec analysis. This assignment will also serve as a tutorial to teach you how to utilize the various parts of the organic simulation that will be used in later assignments.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Interpreting a Mass Spectrum from the list of assignments. The lab will open in the Synthesis laboratory, and you should see a lab bench containing reagents on the back of the bench, aqueous reagents on the right, an equipment rack containing necessary laboratory equipment, a red disposal bucket for cleaning up the lab, and the organic stockroom in the back. Other pieces of laboratory equipment will be used in other assignments.

2. Open the spectra list by clicking on the Spectra button at the bottom left-hand corner of the blackboard. Click the MS button to view mass spectra and open the spectrum for 2-propanone (commonly known as acetone).

3. You can see the m/z and intensity of any peak by hovering over it. The molecular weight of acetone is 58 g/mol. Therefore, the molecular ion peak is the peak at m/z = 58 as shown in the figure above. The base peak for this spectrum is at m/z = 43. This peak represents a fragment of the acetone molecule. Tables of common mass spec fragments are readily available online and can help you to determine the identity of fragment peaks. The peak at m/z = 43 corresponds to CH3CO+. The origin of this fragment can be seen by drawing the structure of acetone, as shown below.

15© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 21: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

4. Close the mass spectrum for acetone and return to the list of spectra. Select the spectrum for benzyl methyl ether [also called (methoxymethyl)benzene]. The molecular weight of benzyl methyl ether is 122 g/mol, and so the molecular ion peak is the one at m/z = 122. The base peak in this spectrum is at m/z = 91. There are also fragment peaks at 77, 45, and 15. These fragment peaks all provide clues about the identity of the molecule.

The fragmentation patterns are outlined below.

5. Close the spectrum for benzyl methyl ether. Select the spectrum for 2-butanol.

What is the m/z of the molecular ion peak?

What is the m/z of the base peak?

What other fragment peaks can you identify?

Draw at least one fragmentation pattern.

16© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 22: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

6. Close the spectrum for 2-butanol and select the spectrum for acetic acid.

What is the m/z of the molecular ion peak?

What is the m/z of the base peak?

What other fragment peaks can you identify?

Draw at least one fragmentation pattern.

7. Close the spectrum for acetic acid and select the spectrum for 1-isopropyl-2-methyl benzene.

What is the m/z of the molecular ion peak?

What is the m/z of the base peak?

What other fragment peaks can you identify?

Draw at least two fragmentation patterns.

17© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 23: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

8. Close the spectrum for 1-isopropyl-2 methyl benzene and select the spectrum for 3-butenol.

What is the m/z of the molecular ion peak?

What is the m/z of the base peak?

What other fragment peaks can you identify?

Draw at least two fragmentation patterns.

18© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 24: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-1: Alkene Halogenation – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 1-chloro-1-methyl-cyclohexane. This will be an electrophilic alkene addition reaction where the π-bond is broken and two new covalent bonds are formed. Examine the product carefully to determine the new functionality. Keep in mind the mechanism and form the more stable, most substituted carbocation intermediate.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Halogenation – 1 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

19© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 25: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

1-Chloro-1-methyl-

cyclohexane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

20© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 26: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-2: Alkene Halogenation – 2For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-chloro-hexane. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the new functionality. Keep in mind that multiple starting materials may give the same product, but not with the same selectivity. Remember to form the more substituted carbocation intermediate.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Halogenation – 2 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the stir plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

21© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 27: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Chloro-hexane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

22© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 28: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-3: Alkene Hydration – 1For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-methyl-2-butanol. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the new functionality. Keep in mind that multiple starting materials may give the same product, but not with the same selectivity. Remember to form the more substituted carbocation intermediate and place the electrophile at the terminal position.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Hydration – 1 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add water (H2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the stir plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

23© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 29: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Methyl-2-butanol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

24© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 30: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-4: Alkene Hydration – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-hexanol. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind that different starting materials may give the same product, but not with the same selectivity. Remember to form the more substituted carbocation intermediate.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Hydration – 2 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add water (H2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the stir plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

25© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 31: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Hexanol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

26© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 32: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-5: Alkene Hydration – 3

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 1-methyl-cyclohexanol. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind that multiple starting materials may give the same product, but not with the same selectivity. Remember to form the more substituted carbocation intermediate.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Hydration – 3 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound, and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add water (H2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the stir plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

27© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 33: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

1-Methyl-cyclohexanol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

28© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 34: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-6: Etherification – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is ethyl 2-hexyl ether. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind that different starting materials may give the same product, but not with the same selectivity. Remember to form the more substituted carbocation intermediate.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Etherification – 1 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ethanol (EtOH) as a solvent and drag the flask to the stir plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

29© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 35: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Ethyl 2-hexyl ether

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

30© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 36: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-7: Alkene Hydration – 4

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-methyl-2-pentanol. This is another electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind that different starting materials may give the same product, but not with the same selectivity. Remember to form the more substituted carbocation intermediate.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Hydration – 4 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add water (H2O) as a solvent/reagent and drag the flask to the stir plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

31© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 37: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Methyl-2-pentanol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

32© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 38: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-8: Alkene Halogenation – 3

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-chloro-2,3-dimethylbutane. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind that different starting materials may give the same product, but not with the same selectivity. Remember to form the more substituted carbocation intermediate again.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Halogenation – 3 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the stir plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flash should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

33© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 39: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Chloro-2,3-dimethylbutane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

34© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 40: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-9: Alkene Halogenation – 4

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 1,2-dibromo-3,3-dimethyl butane. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind that different starting materials may give the same product, but not with the same selectivity. Keep in mind the bromonium ion intermediate.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Halogenation – 4 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the stir plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

35© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 41: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

1,2-Dibromo-3,3-dimethyl-butane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

36© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 42: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-10: Alkene Halogenation – 5

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is trans-1,2-dibromo-1-methyl-cyclohexane. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind that different starting materials may give the same product, but not with the same selectivity. Keep in mind the bromonium ion intermediate and the consequences of its structure.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Halogenation – 5 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

37© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 43: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13CNMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

trans-1,2-Dibromo-1-methyl-

cyclohexane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 72 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

38© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 44: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-11: Halohydrin Formation – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 1-bromo-2-hexanol. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind the bromonium ion intermediate and the consequences of its structure. The nucleophile again attacks at the more substituted position.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Halohydrin Formation – 1 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add water (H2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

39© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 45: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (IR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. . If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

1-Bromo-2-hexanol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 72 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

40© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 46: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-12: Epoxidation – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 3,3-dimethyl-1,2-epoxybutane. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. The alkene is the electron-rich partner, and an electrophilic reagent is needed.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Epoxidation – 1 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

41© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 47: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

3,3-Dimethyl-1,2-epoxybutane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 72 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

42© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 48: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-13: Hydroboration – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-methyl-1-butanol. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. You will now need an electrophile that is not a proton, H+. The regioselectivity is still dictated by placement of the electrophile at the terminal position.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Hydroboration – 1 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

43© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 49: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Methyl-1-butanol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

44© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 50: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-14: Hydroboration – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is trans-2-methyl-cyclohexanol. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. You will now need an electrophile that is not a proton, H+. The regioselectivity is still dictated by placement of the electrophile at the terminal position. Also, keep in mind the stereochemical consequences of the electrophilic addition step.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Hydroboration – 2 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

45© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 51: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

trans-2-Methyl-cyclohexanol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

46© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 52: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-15: Alkene Bromination – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is anti-2,3-dibromo-butane. This is a stereospecific electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind the bromonium ion intermediate and the consequences of its structure. The nucleophile again attacks in a manner that controls the stereochemistry of the product.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Bromination – 1 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

47© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 53: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

anti-2,3-Dibromo-butane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

48© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 54: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-16: Alkene Bromination – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is (1R)-trans-1,2-dibromo-cyclohexane. This is a stereospecific electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind the bromonium ion intermediate and the consequences of its structure. The nucleophile again attacks in a manner that controls the stereochemistry of the product.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Bromination – 2 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

49© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 55: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

(1R)-trans-1,2-Dibromo-

cyclohexane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

50© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 56: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-17: Halohydrin Formation – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is anti-3-bromo-butan-2-ol. This is a stereospecific electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind the bromonium ion intermediate and the consequences of its structure. The nucleophile again attacks in a manner that controls the stereochemistry of the product.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Halohydrin Formation – 2 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add water (H2O) as a solvent/reagent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now put the round bottom flask in the ice bath so the reaction mixture can be cooled.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

51© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 57: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

anti-3-Bromo-butan-2-ol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

52© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 58: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

2-18: Epoxidation – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2,3-epoxy-cyclohexanol. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. The alkene is the electron rich partner and an electrophilic reagent is needed. The epoxide is formed on the same face of the alkene located cis to the hydroxyl group. Invoke an interaction with the hydroxyl to direct the reagent to this face.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Epoxidation – 2 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

53© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 59: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2,3-Epoxy-cyclohexanol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

54© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 60: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3-1: Diene Halogenation – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 3-chloro-1-butene. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind the nature of the intermediate. The regioselectivity is controlled by the stability of this intermediate. Assume that only one equivalent of reagent is used.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Diene Halogenation – 1 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now put the round bottom flask in the ice bath so the reaction mixture can be cooled.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

55© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 61: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

3-Chloro-1-butene

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

56© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 62: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3-2: Etherification – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is cyclopent-2-enyl ethyl ether. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind the nature of the intermediate. The regioselectivity is controlled by the stability of this intermediate. Assume that only one equivalent of reagent is used.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Etherification – 2 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether alcohol (EtOH) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

57© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 63: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Cyclopent-2-enyl ethyl ether

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

58© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 64: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3-3: Diene Halogenation – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 1-chloro-2-butene. Again, this is an electrophilic alkene addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the location of the new functionality. Keep in mind the intermediate and the selectivity of the incoming nucleophile. A key here is the relative stabilities of the two potential products. The alkene is the electron-rich partner and an electrophilic reagent is needed.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Diene Halogenation – 2 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

59© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 65: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

1-Chloro-2-butene

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

60© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 66: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3-4: Diels Alder – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is cyclohex-3-ene carboxylic acid methyl ester. This is a cycloaddition reaction. Examine the product to determine the reactive partners. Keep in mind the position of the alkene in the product. Try pushing the electrons backwards to reveal the needed substrates.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Diels Alder – 1 from the list of assignments. After entering

the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate (or add no reagents if none are needed). Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

61© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 67: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Cyclohex-3-ene carboxylic acid

methyl ester

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

62© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 68: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3-5: Diels Alder – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. This is a cycloaddition reaction. Examine the product to determine the reactive partners. Keep in mind the position of the alkene in the product. Try pushing the electrons backwards to reveal the needed substrates. Keep in mind the stereochemistry of the process.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Diels Alder – 2 from the list of assignments. After entering

the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate (or add no reagents if none are needed). Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

63© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 69: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2-

carboxylic acid methyl ester

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

64© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 70: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3-6: Diels Alder – 3

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is cyclohexa-1,4-diene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester. This is a cycloaddition reaction. Examine the product to determine the reactive partners. Keep in mind the position of the alkenes in the product. Try pushing the electrons backwards to reveal the needed substrates.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Diels Alder – 3 from the list of assignments. After entering

the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate (or add no reagents if none are needed). Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

65© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 71: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Cyclohexa-1,4-diene-1,2-

dicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

66© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 72: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3-7: Diels Alder – 4

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is bicyclo[2.2.1]hepta-2,5-diene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester. This is a cycloaddition reaction. Examine the product to determine the reactive partners. Keep in mind the position of the alkenes in the product. Try pushing the electrons backwards to reveal the needed substrates.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Diels Alder – 4 from the list of assignments. After entering

the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate (or add no reagents if none are needed). Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

67© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 73: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Bicyclo[2.2.1]hepta-2,5-diene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid

dimethyl ester

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

68© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 74: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

69© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 75: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3-8: Diels Alder – 5

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 4-hydroxy-phthalic acid dimethyl ester. This is a challenging cycloaddition reaction. Examine the product to determine the reactive partners. Keep in mind that the product of the cycloaddition may be further transformed to form the benzene functionality. The relative positions of the esters and the hydroxyl are maintained.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Diels Alder – 5 from the list of assignments. After entering

the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate (or add no reagents if none are needed). Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

70© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 76: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

4-Hydroxy-phthalic acid

dimethyl ester

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

71© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 77: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

4-1: Alkyl Halide Solvolysis

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-methyl-2-propanol. This is a substitution reaction. Keep in mind the substitution pattern of the product and the nature of the intermediate dictated by this arrangement.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkyl Halide Solvolysis from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add water (H2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate (or add no reagents if none are needed).

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

72© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 78: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Methyl-2-propanol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

73© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 79: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

4-2: Nucleophilic Substitution – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is butanol. This is a substitution reaction. Keep in mind the substitution pattern of the product and the mechanism accommodated by this arrangement.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Nucleophilic Substitution – 1 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

74© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 80: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Butanol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

75© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 81: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

4-3: Williamson Ether Synthesis – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is benzyl methyl ether. This is a substitution reaction. Examine the product and determine which bonds may be formed. Keep in mind the substitution pattern of the product and the nature of the mechanism accommodated by this arrangement.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Williamson Ether Synthesis –1 from the list of

assignments. After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

76© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 82: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Benzyl methyl ether

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

77© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 83: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

4-4: Alkene Formation

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene. This is an elimination reaction. Examine the product and determine the positions within the substrate where functionality may be lost. Keep in mind the substitution pattern of the product and the nature of the mechanism accommodated by this arrangement.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Formation from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

78© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 84: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

79© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 85: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

4-5: Nucleophilic Substitution – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is benzyl alcohol. This is a substitution reaction. Keep in mind the substitution pattern of the product and the mechanism accommodated by this arrangement.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Nucleophilic Substitution – 2 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

80© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 86: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product to record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Benzyl alcohol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

81© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 87: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

4-6: Williamson Ether Synthesis – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 1-methoxy butane. This is a substitution reaction. Examine the product and determine which bonds may be formed. Keep in mind the substitution pattern of the product and the nature of the mechanism accommodated by this arrangement.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Williamson Ether Synthesis – 2 from the list of

assignments. After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

82© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 88: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H NMR and13C spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product to record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

1-Methoxy butane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

83© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 89: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

4-7: Amine Formation

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is benzyl-diisopropylamine. This is a substitution reaction. Examine the product and determine which bonds may be formed in the process. Select the location of potential leaving groups.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Amine Formation from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, Use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

84© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 90: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H NMR and13C spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product to record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Benzyl-diisopropylamine

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

85© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 91: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

5-1: Alcohol Halogenation – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is chloro-cyclohexane. This is a substitution reaction. Keep in mind the substitution pattern of the product and the mechanism accommodated by this arrangement when selecting the reagent.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alcohol Halogenation – 1 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, Use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

86© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 92: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Chloro-cyclohexane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

87© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 93: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

5-2: Alcohol Halogenation – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-chloro-2-methyl propane. This is a substitution reaction. Keep in mind the substitution pattern of the product and the mechanism accommodated by this arrangement when selecting the reagent.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alcohol Halogenation –2 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, Use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

88© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 94: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Chloro-2-methyl propane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

89© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 95: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

5-3: Alcohol Halogenation – 3

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 1-chloro-3-methylbutane. This is a substitution reaction. Keep in mind the substitution pattern of the product and the mechanism accommodated by this arrangement when selecting the reagent.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alcohol Halogenation – 3 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, Use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

90© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 96: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

1-Chloro-3-methylbutane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

91© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 97: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

5-4: Alcohol Dehydration

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is cyclohexene. This is an elimination reaction. Assess the potential of the possible leaving groups. Keep in mind the mechanism and how that controls the outcome of the process.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alcohol Dehydration from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, Use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

92© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 98: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Cyclohexene

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

93© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 99: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

6-1: Interpreting FTIR Spectra

Interpreting FTIR spectra is a skill that often requires some amount of practice, which, in turn, necessitates access to a collection of FTIR spectra. Virtual ChemLab Organic has a spectra library containing more than 700 FTIR spectra. In this assignment, you will take advantage of this by interpreting the FTIR spectra of four similar compounds with different functional groups. After completing this assignment, you may wish to select other compounds for additional practice.

1. Write the IUPAC names for the following four structures:

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

2. To obtain the FTIR spectra of these compounds, start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Interpreting IR Spectra from the list of assignments or click on the Qualitative Analysis bench and click on the Spectra button on the chalkboard. You should see a list of all the compounds in the spectra library in alphabetical order by IUPAC name. Mousing over a name in the list will show the structure on the chalkboard. The four buttons on the side of the list are used to select the different spectroscopic techniques for the selected compound. Make sure the FTIR button has been selected.

3. Using the Up or Down arrows on the Scroll Bar or dragging the Scroll Bar, find the names for the four compounds you have been given and click on the name to display the FTIR spectrum for each. Identify the relevant peaks for each of the FTIR spectra and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR tables on the next page.

94© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 100: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR Tables List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

95© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 101: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

6-2: Interpreting NMR Spectra – 1

Interpreting NMR spectra is a skill that often requires some amount of practice, which, in turn, necessitates access to a collection of NMR spectra. Virtual ChemLab Organic has a spectra library containing over 700 1H NMR spectra. In this assignment, you will take advantage of this by first predicting the NMR spectra for two closely related compounds and then checking your predictions by looking up the actual spectra in the spectra library. After completing this assignment, you may wish to select other compounds for additional practice.

1. Write the IUPAC names for the following two structures:

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

2. Predict the NMR spectra for each of these two compounds by listing, in the NMR tables below, the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens associated with each predicted peak. Sort the peaks from largest chemical shift to lowest.

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

96© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 102: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3. To check your predictions, start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Interpreting NMR Spectra – 1 from the list of assignments or click on the Qualitative Analysis bench and click on the Spectra button on the chalkboard. You should see a list of all the compounds in the spectra library in alphabetical order by IUPAC name. Mousing over a name in the list will show the structure on the chalkboard. The four buttons on the side of the list are used to select the different spectroscopic techniques for the selected compound. Click on the 1H NMR button to display the NMR spectra.

4. Using the Up or Down arrows on the Scroll Bar or dragging the Scroll Bar, find the names for the

two compounds you have been given and click on the name to display the NMR spectrum for each. In the NMR tables below, list the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens associated with each peak for each compound. Compare your answers to your predictions.

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

5. Using the peak information you listed in the tables for both structures, assign each peak to that portion of the structure that produces the peak in the NMR spectrum.

97© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 103: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

6-3: Interpreting NMR Spectra – 2

Interpreting NMR spectra is a skill that often requires some amount of practice, which, in turn, necessitates access to a collection of NMR spectra. Virtual ChemLab Organic has a spectra library containing more than 700 1H NMR spectra. In this assignment, you will take advantage of this by first predicting the NMR spectra for two closely related compounds and then checking your predictions by looking up the actual spectra in the spectra library. After completing this assignment, you may wish to select other compounds for additional practice.

1. Write the IUPAC names for the following two structures:

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

2. Predict the NMR spectra for each of these two compounds by listing, in the NMR tables below, the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens associated with each predicted peak. Sort the peaks from largest chemical shift to lowest.

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

98© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 104: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3. To check your predictions, start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Interpreting NMR Spectra – 2 from the list of assignments or click on the Qualitative Analysis bench and click on the Spectra button on the chalkboard. You should see a list of all the compounds in the spectra library in alphabetical order by IUPAC name. Mousing over a name in the list will show the structure on the chalkboard. The four buttons on the side of the list are used to select the different spectroscopic techniques for the selected compound. Click on the 1H NMR button to display the NMR spectra.

4. Using the Up or Down arrows on the Scroll Bar or dragging the Scroll Bar, find the names for the two compounds you have been given and click on the name to display the NMR spectrum for each. In the NMR tables below, list the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens associated with each peak for each compound. Compare your answers to your predictions.

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

5. Using the peak information you listed in the tables for both structures, assign each peak to that portion of the structure that produces the peak in the NMR spectrum.

99© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 105: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

6-4: Interpreting NMR Spectra – 3

Interpreting NMR spectra is a skill that often requires some amount of practice, which, in turn, necessitates access to a collection of NMR spectra. Virtual ChemLab Organic has a spectra library containing more than 700 1H NMR spectra. In this assignment, you will take advantage of this by first predicting the NMR spectra for two closely related compounds and then checking your predictions by looking up the actual spectra in the spectra library. After completing this assignment, you may wish to select other compounds for additional practice.

1. Write the IUPAC names for the following two structures:

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

2. Predict the NMR spectra for each of these two compounds by listing, in the NMR tables below, the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens associated with each predicted peak. Sort the peaks from largest chemical shift to lowest.

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

100© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 106: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3. To check your predictions, start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Interpreting NMR Spectra – 3 from the list of assignments or click on the Qualitative Analysis bench and click on the Spectra button on the chalkboard. You should see a list of all the compounds in the spectra library in alphabetical order by IUPAC name. Mousing over a name in the list will show the structure on the chalkboard. The four buttons on the side of the list are used to select the different spectroscopic techniques for the selected compound. Click on the 1H NMR button to display the NMR spectra.

4. Using the Up or Down arrows on the Scroll Bar or dragging the Scroll Bar, find the names for the two compounds you have been given and click on the name to display the NMR spectrum for each. In the NMR tables below, list the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens associated with each peak for each compound. Compare your answers to your predictions.

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

5. Using the peak information you listed in the tables for both structures, assign each peak to that portion of the structure that produces the peak in the NMR spectrum.

101© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 107: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

6-5: Interpreting NMR Spectra – 4

Interpreting NMR spectra is a skill that often requires some amount of practice, which, in turn, necessitates access to a collection of NMR spectra. Virtual ChemLab Organic has a spectra library containing more than 700 1H NMR spectra. In this assignment, you will take advantage of this by first predicting the NMR spectra for two closely related compounds and then checking your predictions by looking up the actual spectra in the spectra library. After completing this assignment, you may wish to select other compounds for additional practice.

1. Write the IUPAC names for the following two structures:

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

2. Predict the NMR spectra for each of these two compounds by listing, in the NMR tables below, the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens associated with each predicted peak. Sort the peaks from largest chemical shift to lowest.

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

102© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 108: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

3. To check your predictions, start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Interpreting NMR Spectra – 4 from the list of assignments or click on the Qualitative Analysis bench and click on the Spectra button on the chalkboard. You should see a list of all the compounds in the spectra library in alphabetical order by IUPAC name. Mousing over a name in the list will show the structure on the chalkboard. The four buttons on the side of the list are used to select the different spectroscopic techniques for the selected compound. Click on the NMR button to display the NMR spectra.

4. Using the Up or Down arrows on the Scroll Bar or dragging the Scroll Bar, find the names for the two compounds you have been given and click on the name to display the NMR spectrum for each. In the NMR tables below, list the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens associated with each peak for each compound. Compare your answers to your predictions.

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

1H NMR

Structure:

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

5. Using the peak information you listed in the tables for both structures, assign each peak to that portion of the structure that produces the peak in the NMR spectrum.

103© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 109: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

7-1: Qualitative Analysis – Alkenes

In this assignment, you will be given an unknown compound for which you will need to determine the chemical structure. This unknown will contain an alkene functional group but may also contain other functional groups as well. The tools you will have available to perform this analysis include 15 functional group tests, FTIR and NMR spectroscopy, plus other useful data.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Qualitative Analysis – Alkenes from the list of assignments in the electronic workbook. You should be brought to the Qualitative Analysis laboratory, and on the reagent shelf you will find two or more compounds that serve as practice unknowns and another bottle that is your assigned unknown. The practice unknowns can be used to gain proficiency with the functional group tests and FTIR and NMR spectra interpretation. When you are ready to analyze your unknown, click on the unknown bottle and add the syringe or scoop to the round bottom flask. Now drag the flask from the stockroom counter to the cork ring on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the unknown should now be on the cork ring on the lab bench. The boiling point and C-H analysis for the unknown are listed on the chalkboard. If the unknown is a solid, the melting point can be measured by clicking on the melting point apparatus to the left of the lab bench and dragging the melting point tube to the unknown in the flask. The melting point will be displayed on the red LED, which can be enlarged by mousing over the apparatus. It will also be useful to know the polarity of the unknown by performing a TLC measurement. Record all of this information in the data table below.

Data TableC-H Analysis Melting Point (°C) Boiling Point (°C) TLC (Rf)

3. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your unknown, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the left of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

4. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your unknown, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your unknown should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table on the reverse side. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. 13C NMR and Mass Spectrometry are also available in the laboratory to help you determine the structure of your unknown.

104© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 110: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1H NMR Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

5. To perform the functional group tests, click on the unknown and drag a test tube containing the unknown to the clamp over the stir plate. You should see a picture of your unknown on the chalkboard. Now perform the bromine test by clicking on the reagent bottle labeled Br2 and dragging the pipet to the test tube. The results of the test are shown on the chalkboard with either a picture or a short video clip. Record the results of the test as either positive or negative in the table below. (See your textbook for a description of the functional group tests.) Discard the test tube by dragging it to the red disposal bucket and repeat the procedure for the other functional group tests. Make sure to record all of your results in the table below.

Results for Functional Group TestsFunctional Group Test +/− Functional Group Test +/−Bromine Test Iodoform Test

Permanganate Test Sodium Hydroxide

Jones Oxidation Test Hydroxamate Test

Lucas Test Hinsberg Test

Periodic Acid Hydrochloric Acid

Tollens Test Sodium Iodide/Acetone

2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine Sodium Iodide/Acetone + Heat

Sodium Bisulfite Addition

6. Using the data you have now collected, determine the structure of your unknown compound and report the name and structure below. Be sure to include your unknown number, which is shown on the chalkboard.

Unknown # ________ Name:

Structure:

105© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 111: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

7-2: Qualitative Analysis – Alcohols

In this assignment, you will be given an unknown compound for which you will need to determine its chemical structure. This unknown will contain an alcohol functional group but may also contain other functional groups as well. The tools you will have available to perform this analysis include 15 functional group tests, FTIR and NMR spectroscopy, plus other useful data.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Qualitative Analysis – Alcohols from the list of assignments in the electronic workbook. You should be brought to the Qualitative Analysis laboratory, and on the reagent shelf you will find two or more compounds that serve as practice unknowns and another bottle that is your assigned unknown. The practice unknowns can be used to gain proficiency with the functional group tests and FTIR and NMR spectra interpretation. When you are ready to analyze your unknown, click on the unknown bottle and add the syringe or scoop to the round bottom flask. Now drag the flask from the stockroom counter to the cork ring on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the unknown should now be on the cork ring on the lab bench. The boiling point and C-H analysis for the unknown are listed on the chalkboard. If the unknown is a solid, the melting point can be measured by clicking on the melting point apparatus to the left of the lab bench and dragging the melting point tube to the unknown in the flask. The melting point will be displayed on the red LED, which can be enlarged by mousing over the apparatus. It will also be useful to know the polarity of the unknown by performing a TLC measurement. Record all of this information in the data table below.

Data TableC-H Analysis Melting Point (°C) Boiling Point (°C) TLC (Rf)

3. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your unknown, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the left of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

4. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your unknown, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your unknown should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table on the reverse side. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. 13C NMR and Mass Spectrometry are also available in the laboratory to help you determine the structure of your unknown.

106© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 112: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1H NMR Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

5. To perform the functional group tests, click on the unknown and drag a test tube containing the unknown to the clamp over the stir plate. You should see a picture of your unknown on the chalkboard. Now perform the bromine test by clicking on the reagent bottle labeled Br2 and dragging the pipet to the test tube. The results of the test are shown on the chalkboard with either a picture or a short video clip. Record the results of the test as either positive or negative in the table below. (See your textbook for a description of the functional group tests.) Discard the test tube by dragging it to the red disposal bucket and repeat the procedure for the other functional group tests. Make sure to record all of your results in the table below.

Results for Functional Group TestsFunctional Group Test +/− Functional Group Test +/−Bromine Test Iodoform Test

Permanganate Test Sodium Hydroxide

Jones Oxidation Test Hydroxamate Test

Lucas Test Hinsberg Test

Periodic Acid Hydrochloric Acid

Tollens Test Sodium Iodide/Acetone

2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine Sodium Iodide/Acetone + Heat

Sodium Bisulfite Addition

6. Using the data you have now collected, determine the structure of your unknown compound and report the name and structure below. Be sure to include your unknown number, which is shown on the chalkboard.

Unknown # ________ Name: ______________________________________________________

Structure:

107© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 113: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

7-3: Qualitative Analysis – Aldehydes

In this assignment, you will be given an unknown compound for which you will need to determine its chemical structure. This unknown will contain an aldehyde functional group but may also contain other functional groups as well. The tools you will have available to perform this analysis include 15 functional group tests, FTIR and NMR spectroscopy, plus other useful data.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Qualitative Analysis –Aldehydes from the list of assignments in the electronic workbook. You should be brought to the Qualitative Analysis laboratory, and on the reagent shelf you will find two or more compounds that serve as practice unknowns and another bottle that is your assigned unknown. The practice unknowns can be used to gain proficiency with the functional group tests and FTIR and NMR spectra interpretation. When you are ready to analyze your unknown, click on the unknown bottle and add the syringe or scoop to the round bottom flask. Now drag the flask from the stockroom counter to the cork ring on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the unknown should now be on the cork ring on the lab bench. The boiling point and C-H analysis for the unknown are listed on the chalkboard. If the unknown is a solid, the melting point can be measured by clicking on the melting point apparatus to the left of the lab bench and dragging the melting point tube to the unknown in the flask. The melting point will be displayed on the red LED, which can be enlarged by mousing over the apparatus. It will also be useful to know the polarity of the unknown by performing a TLC measurement. Record all of this information in the data table below.

Data TableC-H Analysis Melting Point (°C) Boiling Point (°C) TLC (Rf)

3. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your unknown, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the left of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

4. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your unknown, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your unknown should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table on the reverse side. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. 13C NMR and Mass Spectrometry are also available in the laboratory to help you determine the structure of your unknown.

108© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 114: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1H NMR Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

5. To perform the functional group tests, click on the unknown and drag a test tube containing the unknown to the clamp over the stir plate. You should see a picture of your unknown on the chalkboard. Now perform the bromine test by clicking on the reagent bottle labeled Br2 and dragging the pipet to the test tube. The results of the test are shown on the chalkboard with either a picture or a short video clip. Record the results of the test as either positive or negative in the table below. (See your textbook for a description of the functional group tests.) Discard the test tube by dragging it to the red disposal bucket and repeat the procedure for the other functional group tests. Make sure to record all of your results in the table below.

Results for Functional Group Tests

Functional Group Test +/− Functional Group Test +/−Bromine Test Iodoform Test

Permanganate Test Sodium Hydroxide

Jones Oxidation Test Hydroxamate Test

Lucas Test Hinsberg Test

Periodic Acid Hydrochloric Acid

Tollens Test Sodium Iodide/Acetone

2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine Sodium Iodide/Acetone + Heat

Sodium Bisulfite Addition

6. Using the data you have now collected, determine the structure of your unknown compound and report the name and structure below. Be sure to include your unknown number, which is shown on the chalkboard.

Unknown # ________ Name:

Structure:

109© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 115: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

7-4: Qualitative Analysis – Ketones

In this assignment, you will be given an unknown compound for which you will need to determine the chemical structure. This unknown will contain a ketone functional group but may also contain other functional groups as well. The tools you will have available to perform this analysis include 15 functional group tests, FTIR and NMR spectroscopy, plus other useful data.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Qualitative Analysis – Ketones from the list of assignments in the electronic workbook. You should be brought to the Qualitative Analysis laboratory, and on the reagent shelf you will find two or more compounds that serve as practice unknowns and another bottle that is your assigned unknown. The practice unknowns can be used to gain proficiency with the functional group tests and FTIR and NMR spectra interpretation. When you are ready to analyze your unknown, click on the unknown bottle and add the syringe or scoop to the round bottom flask. Now drag the flask from the stockroom counter to the cork ring on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the unknown should now be on the cork ring on the lab bench. The boiling point and C-H analysis for the unknown are listed on the chalkboard. If the unknown is a solid, the melting point can be measured by clicking on the melting point apparatus to the left of the lab bench and dragging the melting point tube to the unknown in the flask. The melting point will be displayed on the red LED, which can be enlarged by mousing over the apparatus. It will also be useful to know the polarity of the unknown by performing a TLC measurement. Record all of this information in the data table below.

Data TableC-H Analysis Melting Point (°C) Boiling Point (°C) TLC (Rf)

3. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your unknown, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the left of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

4. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your unknown, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your unknown should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table on the reverse side. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. 13C NMR and Mass Spectrometry are also available in the laboratory to help you determine the structure of your unknown.

110© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 116: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1H NMR Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

5. To perform the functional group tests, click on the unknown and drag a test tube containing the unknown to the clamp over the stir plate. You should see a picture of your unknown on the chalkboard. Now perform the bromine test by clicking on the reagent bottle labeled Br2 and dragging the pipet to the test tube. The results of the test are shown on the chalkboard with either a picture or a short video clip. Record the results of the test as either positive or negative in the table below. (See your textbook for a description of the functional group tests.) Discard the test tube by dragging it to the red disposal bucket and repeat the procedure for the other functional group tests. Make sure to record all of your results in the table below.

Results for Functional Group TestsFunctional Group Test +/− Functional Group Test +/−Bromine Test Iodoform Test

Permanganate Test Sodium Hydroxide

Jones Oxidation Test Hydroxamate Test

Lucas Test Hinsberg Test

Periodic Acid Hydrochloric Acid

Tollens Test Sodium Iodide/Acetone

2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine Sodium Iodide/Acetone + Heat

Sodium Bisulfite Addition

6. Using the data you have now collected, determine the structure of your unknown compound and report the name and structure below. Be sure to include your unknown number, which is shown on the chalkboard.

Unknown # ________ Name:

Structure:

111© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 117: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

7-5: Qualitative Analysis – Acids

In this assignment, you will be given an unknown compound for which you will need to determine the chemical structure. This unknown will contain an acid functional group but may also contain other functional groups as well. The tools you will have available to perform this analysis include 15 functional group tests, FTIR and NMR spectroscopy, plus other useful data.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Qualitative Analysis – Acids from the list of assignments in the electronic workbook. You should be brought to the Qualitative Analysis laboratory, and on the reagent shelf you will find two or more compounds that serve as practice unknowns and another bottle that is your assigned unknown. The practice unknowns can be used to gain proficiency with the functional group tests and FTIR and NMR spectra interpretation. When you are ready to analyze your unknown, click on the unknown bottle and add the syringe or scoop to the round bottom flask. Now drag the flask from the stockroom counter to the cork ring on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the unknown should now be on the cork ring on the lab bench. The boiling point and C-H analysis for the unknown are listed on the chalkboard. If the unknown is a solid, the melting point can be measured by clicking on the melting point apparatus to the left of the lab bench and dragging the melting point tube to the unknown in the flask. The melting point will be displayed on the red LED, which can be enlarged by mousing over the apparatus. It will also be useful to know the polarity of the unknown by performing a TLC measurement. Record all of this information in the data table below.

Data TableC-H Analysis Melting Point (°C) Boiling Point (°C) TLC (Rf)

3. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your unknown, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the left of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

4. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your unknown, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your unknown should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table on the reverse side. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. 13C NMR and Mass Spectrometry are also available in the laboratory to help you determine the structure of your unknown.

112© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 118: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1H NMR Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

5. To perform the functional group tests, click on the unknown and drag a test tube containing the unknown to the clamp over the stir plate. You should see a picture of your unknown on the chalkboard. Now perform the bromine test by clicking on the reagent bottle labeled Br2 and dragging the pipet to the test tube. The results of the test are shown on the chalkboard with either a picture or a short video clip. Record the results of the test as either positive or negative in the table below. (See your textbook for a description of the functional group tests.) Discard the test tube by dragging it to the red disposal bucket and repeat the procedure for the other functional group tests. Make sure to record all of your results in the table below.

Results for Functional Group TestsFunctional Group Test +/− Functional Group Test +/−Bromine Test Iodoform Test

Permanganate Test Sodium Hydroxide

Jones Oxidation Test Hydroxamate Test

Lucas Test Hinsberg Test

Periodic Acid Hydrochloric Acid

Tollens Test Sodium Iodide/Acetone

2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine Sodium Iodide/Acetone + Heat

Sodium Bisulfite Addition

6. Using the data you have now collected, determine the structure of your unknown compound and report the name and structure below. Be sure to include your unknown number, which is shown on the chalkboard.

Unknown # ________ Name:

Structure:

113© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 119: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

7-6: Qualitative Analysis – Esters

In this assignment, you will be given an unknown compound for which you will need to determine the chemical structure. This unknown will contain an ester functional group but may also contain other functional groups as well. The tools you will have available to perform this analysis include 15 functional group tests, FTIR and NMR spectroscopy, plus other useful data.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Qualitative Analysis – Esters from the list of assignments in the electronic workbook. You should be brought to the Qualitative Analysis laboratory, and on the reagent shelf you will find two or more compounds that serve as practice unknowns and another bottle that is your assigned unknown. The practice unknowns can be used to gain proficiency with the functional group tests and FTIR and NMR spectra interpretation. When you are ready to analyze your unknown, click on the unknown bottle and add the syringe or scoop to the round bottom flask. Now drag the flask from the stockroom counter to the cork ring on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the unknown should now be on the cork ring on the lab bench. The boiling point and C-H analysis for the unknown are listed on the chalkboard. If the unknown is a solid, the melting point can be measured by clicking on the melting point apparatus to the left of the lab bench and dragging the melting point tube to the unknown in the flask. The melting point will be displayed on the red LED, which can be enlarged by mousing over the apparatus. It will also be useful to know the polarity of the unknown by performing a TLC measurement. Record all of this information in the data table below.

Data TableC-H Analysis Melting Point (°C) Boiling Point (°C) TLC (Rf)

3. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your unknown, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the left of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

4. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your unknown, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your unknown should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table on the reverse side. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. 13C NMR and Mass Spectrometry are also available in the laboratory to help you determine the structure of your unknown.

114© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 120: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1H NMR Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

5. To perform the functional group tests, click on the unknown and drag a test tube containing the unknown to the clamp over the stir plate. You should see a picture of your unknown on the chalkboard. Now perform the bromine test by clicking on the reagent bottle labeled Br2 and dragging the pipet to the test tube. The results of the test are shown on the chalkboard with either a picture or a short video clip. Record the results of the test as either positive or negative in the table below. (See your textbook for a description of the functional group tests.) Discard the test tube by dragging it to the red disposal bucket and repeat the procedure for the other functional group tests. Make sure to record all of your results in the table below.

Results for Functional Group TestsFunctional Group Test +/− Functional Group Test +/−Bromine Test Iodoform Test

Permanganate Test Sodium Hydroxide

Jones Oxidation Test Hydroxamate Test

Lucas Test Hinsberg Test

Periodic Acid Hydrochloric Acid

Tollens Test Sodium Iodide/Acetone

2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine Sodium Iodide/Acetone + Heat

Sodium Bisulfite Addition

6. Using the data you have now collected, determine the structure of your unknown compound and report the name and structure below. Be sure to include your unknown number, which is shown on the chalkboard.

Unknown # ________ Name:

Structure:

115© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 121: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

7-7: Qualitative Analysis – Amines

In this assignment, you will be given an unknown compound for which you will need to determine the chemical structure. This unknown will contain an amine functional group but may also contain other functional groups as well. The tools you will have available to perform this analysis include 15 functional group tests, FTIR and NMR spectroscopy, plus other useful data.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Qualitative Analysis – Amines from the list of assignments in the electronic workbook. You should be brought to the Qualitative Analysis laboratory, and on the reagent shelf you will find two or more compounds that serve as practice unknowns and another bottle that is your assigned unknown. The practice unknowns can be used to gain proficiency with the functional group tests and FTIR and NMR spectra interpretation. When you are ready to analyze your unknown, click on the unknown bottle and add the syringe or scoop to the round bottom flask. Now drag the flask from the stockroom counter to the cork ring on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the unknown should now be on the cork ring on the lab bench. The boiling point and C-H analysis for the unknown are listed on the chalkboard. If the unknown is a solid, the melting point can be measured by clicking on the melting point apparatus to the left of the lab bench and dragging the melting point tube to the unknown in the flask. The melting point will be displayed on the red LED, which can be enlarged by mousing over the apparatus. It will also be useful to know the polarity of the unknown by performing a TLC measurement. Record all of this information in the data table below.

Data TableC-H Analysis Melting Point (°C) Boiling Point (°C) TLC (Rf)

3. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your unknown, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the left of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

4. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your unknown, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your unknown should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table on the reverse side. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. 13C NMR and Mass Spectrometry are also available in the laboratory to help you determine the structure of your unknown.

116© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 122: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1H NMR Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

5. To perform the functional group tests, click on the unknown and drag a test tube containing the unknown to the clamp over the stir plate. You should see a picture of your unknown on the chalkboard. Now perform the bromine test by clicking on the reagent bottle labeled Br2 and dragging the pipet to the test tube. The results of the test are shown on the chalkboard with either a picture or a short video clip. Record the results of the test as either positive or negative in the table below. (See your textbook for a description of the functional group tests.) Discard the test tube by dragging it to the red disposal bucket and repeat the procedure for the other functional group tests. Make sure to record all of your results in the table below.

Results for Functional Group TestsFunctional Group Test +/− Functional Group Test +/−Bromine Test Iodoform Test

Permanganate Test Sodium Hydroxide

Jones Oxidation Test Hydroxamate Test

Lucas Test Hinsberg Test

Periodic Acid Hydrochloric Acid

Tollens Test Sodium Iodide/Acetone

2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine Sodium Iodide/Acetone + Heat

Sodium Bisulfite Addition

6. Using the data you have now collected, determine the structure of your unknown compound and report the name and structure below. Be sure to include your unknown number, which is shown on the chalkboard.

Unknown # ________ Name:

Structure:

117© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 123: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

7-8: Qualitative Analysis – Amides

In this assignment, you will be given an unknown compound for which you will need to determine the chemical structure. This unknown will contain an amide functional group but may also contain other functional groups as well. The tools you will have available to perform this analysis include 15 functional group tests, FTIR and NMR spectroscopy, plus other useful data.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Qualitative Analysis – Amides from the list of assignments in the electronic workbook. You should be brought to the Qualitative Analysis laboratory, and on the reagent shelf you will find two or more compounds that serve as practice unknowns and another bottle that is your assigned unknown. The practice unknowns can be used to gain proficiency with the functional group tests and FTIR and NMR spectra interpretation. When you are ready to analyze your unknown, click on the unknown bottle and add the syringe or scoop to the round bottom flask. Now drag the flask from the stockroom counter to the cork ring on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the unknown should now be on the cork ring on the lab bench. The boiling point and C-H analysis for the unknown are listed on the chalkboard. If the unknown is a solid, the melting point can be measured by clicking on the melting point apparatus to the left of the lab bench and dragging the melting point tube to the unknown in the flask. The melting point will be displayed on the red LED, which can be enlarged by mousing over the apparatus. It will also be useful to know the polarity of the unknown by performing a TLC measurement. Record all of this information in the data table below.

Data TableC-H Analysis Melting Point (°C) Boiling Point (°C) TLC (Rf)

3. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your unknown, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the left of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

4. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your unknown, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your unknown should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table on the reverse side. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. 13C NMR and Mass Spectrometry are also available in the laboratory to help you determine the structure of your unknown.

118© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 124: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1H NMR Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

5. To perform the functional group tests, click on the unknown and drag a test tube containing the unknown to the clamp over the stir plate. You should see a picture of your unknown on the chalkboard. Now perform the bromine test by clicking on the reagent bottle labeled Br2 and dragging the pipet to the test tube. The results of the test are shown on the chalkboard with either a picture or a short video clip. Record the results of the test as either positive or negative in the table below. (See your textbook for a description of the functional group tests.) Discard the test tube by dragging it to the red disposal bucket and repeat the procedure for the other functional group tests. Make sure to record all of your results in the table below.

Results for Functional Group TestsFunctional Group Test +/− Functional Group Test +/−Bromine Test Iodoform Test

Permanganate Test Sodium Hydroxide

Jones Oxidation Test Hydroxamate Test

Lucas Test Hinsberg Test

Periodic Acid Hydrochloric Acid

Tollens Test Sodium Iodide/Acetone

2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine Sodium Iodide/Acetone + Heat

Sodium Bisulfite Addition

6. Using the data you have now collected, determine the structure of your unknown compound and report the name and structure below. Be sure to include your unknown number, which is shown on the chalkboard.

Unknown # ________ Name:

Structure:

119© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 125: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

7-9: Qualitative Analysis – Halides

In this assignment, you will be given an unknown compound for which you will need to determine the chemical structure. This unknown will contain a halide functional group but may also contain other functional groups as well. The tools you will have available to perform this analysis include 15 functional group tests, FTIR and NMR spectroscopy, plus other useful data.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Qualitative Analysis – Halides from the list of assignments in the electronic workbook. You should be brought to the Qualitative Analysis laboratory, and on the reagent shelf you will find two or more compounds that serve as practice unknowns and another bottle that is your assigned unknown. The practice unknowns can be used to gain proficiency with the functional group tests and FTIR and NMR spectra interpretation. When you are ready to analyze your unknown, click on the unknown bottle and add the syringe or scoop to the round bottom flask. Now drag the flask from the stockroom counter to the cork ring on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the unknown should now be on the cork ring on the lab bench. The boiling point and C-H analysis for the unknown are listed on the chalkboard. If the unknown is a solid, the melting point can be measured by clicking on the melting point apparatus to the left of the lab bench and dragging the melting point tube to the unknown in the flask. The melting point will be displayed on the red LED, which can be enlarged by mousing over the apparatus. It will also be useful to know the polarity of the unknown by performing a TLC measurement. Record all of this information in the data table below.

Data TableC-H Analysis Melting Point (°C) Boiling Point (°C) TLC (Rf)

3. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your unknown, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the left of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

4. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your unknown, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your unknown should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table on the reverse side. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. 13C NMR and Mass Spectrometry are also available in the laboratory to help you determine the structure of your unknown.

120© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 126: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1H NMR Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

5. To perform the functional group tests, click on the unknown and drag a test tube containing the unknown to the clamp over the stir plate. You should see a picture of your unknown on the chalkboard. Now perform the bromine test by clicking on the reagent bottle labeled Br2 and dragging the pipet to the test tube. The results of the test are shown on the chalkboard with either a picture or a short video clip. Record the results of the test as either positive or negative in the table below. (See your textbook for a description of the functional group tests.) Discard the test tube by dragging it to the red disposal bucket and repeat the procedure for the other functional group tests. Make sure to record all of your results in the table below.

Results for Functional Group TestsFunctional Group Test +/− Functional Group Test +/−Bromine Test Iodoform Test

Permanganate Test Sodium Hydroxide

Jones Oxidation Test Hydroxamate Test

Lucas Test Hinsberg Test

Periodic Acid Hydrochloric Acid

Tollens Test Sodium Iodide/Acetone

2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine Sodium Iodide/Acetone + Heat

Sodium Bisulfite Addition

6. Using the data you have now collected, determine the structure of your unknown compound and report the name and structure below. Be sure to include your unknown number, which is shown on the chalkboard.

Unknown # ________ Name:

Structure:

121© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 127: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

7-10: Qualitative Analysis – Ethers

In this assignment, you will be given an unknown compound for which you will need to determine the chemical structure. This unknown will contain an ether functional group but may also contain other functional groups as well. The tools you will have available to perform this analysis include 15 functional group tests, FTIR and NMR spectroscopy, plus other useful data.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Qualitative Analysis – Ethers from the list of assignments in the electronic workbook. You should be brought to the Qualitative Analysis laboratory, and on the reagent shelf you will find two or more compounds that serve as practice unknowns and another bottle that is your assigned unknown. The practice unknowns can be used to gain proficiency with the functional group tests and FTIR and NMR spectra interpretation. When you are ready to analyze your unknown, click on the unknown bottle and add the syringe or scoop to the round bottom flask. Now drag the flask from the stockroom counter to the cork ring on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the unknown should now be on the cork ring on the lab bench. The boiling point and C-H analysis for the unknown are listed on the chalkboard. If the unknown is a solid, the melting point can be measured by clicking on the melting point apparatus to the left of the lab bench and dragging the melting point tube to the unknown in the flask. The melting point will be displayed on the red LED, which can be enlarged by mousing over the apparatus. It will also be useful to know the polarity of the unknown by performing a TLC measurement. Record all of this information in the data table below.

Data TableC-H Analysis Melting Point (°C) Boiling Point (°C) TLC (Rf)

3. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your unknown, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the left of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

4. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your unknown, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your unknown should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table on the reverse side. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. 13C NMR and Mass Spectrometry are also available in the laboratory to help you determine the structure of your unknown.

122© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 128: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1H NMR Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

5. To perform the functional group tests, click on the unknown and drag a test tube containing the unknown to the clamp over the stir plate. You should see a picture of your unknown on the chalkboard. Now perform the bromine test by clicking on the reagent bottle labeled Br2 and dragging the pipet to the test tube. The results of the test are shown on the chalkboard with either a picture or a short video clip. Record the results of the test as either positive or negative in the table below. (See your textbook for a description of the functional group tests.) Discard the test tube by dragging it to the red disposal bucket and repeat the procedure for the other functional group tests. Make sure to record all of your results in the table below.

Results for Functional Group TestsFunctional Group Test +/− Functional Group Test +/−Bromine Test Iodoform Test

Permanganate Test Sodium Hydroxide

Jones Oxidation Test Hydroxamate Test

Lucas Test Hinsberg Test

Periodic Acid Hydrochloric Acid

Tollens Test Sodium Iodide/Acetone

2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine Sodium Iodide/Acetone + Heat

Sodium Bisulfite Addition

6. Using the data you have now collected, determine the structure of your unknown compound and report the name and structure below. Be sure to include your unknown number, which is shown on the chalkboard.

Unknown # ________ Name:

Structure:

123© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 129: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

7-11: Qualitative Analysis – General

In this assignment, you will be given an unknown compound for which you will need to determine the chemical structure. This unknown is a general unknown and can contain a single functional group or a combination of several functional groups. The tools you will have available to perform this analysis include 15 functional group tests, FTIR and NMR spectroscopy, plus other useful data.

1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Qualitative Analysis – General from the list of assignments in the electronic workbook. You should be brought to the Qualitative Analysis laboratory, and on the reagent shelf you will find two or more compounds that serve as practice unknowns and another bottle that is your assigned unknown. The practice unknowns can be used to gain proficiency with the functional group tests and FTIR and NMR spectra interpretation. When you are ready to analyze your unknown, click on the unknown bottle and add the syringe or scoop to the round bottom flask. Now drag the flask from the stockroom counter to the cork ring on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the unknown should now be on the cork ring on the lab bench. The boiling point and C-H analysis for the unknown are listed on the chalkboard. If the unknown is a solid, the melting point can be measured by clicking on the melting point apparatus to the left of the lab bench and dragging the melting point tube to the unknown in the flask. The melting point will be displayed on the red LED, which can be enlarged by mousing over the apparatus. It will also be useful to know the polarity of the unknown by performing a TLC measurement. Record all of this information in the data table below

Data TableC-H Analysis Melting Point (°C) Boiling Point (°C) TLC (Rf)

3. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your unknown, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the left of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

4. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your unknown, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your unknown should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table on the reverse side. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. 13C NMR and Mass Spectrometry are also available in the laboratory to help you determine the structure of your unknown.

124© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 130: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

1H NMR Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

5. To perform the functional group tests, click on the unknown and drag a test tube containing the unknown to the clamp over the stir plate. You should see a picture of your unknown on the chalkboard. Now perform the bromine test by clicking on the reagent bottle labeled Br2 and dragging the pipet to the test tube. The results of the test are shown on the chalkboard with either a picture or a short video clip. Record the results of the test as either positive or negative in the table below. (See your textbook for a description of the functional group tests.) Discard the test tube by dragging it to the red disposal bucket and repeat the procedure for the other functional group tests. Make sure to record all of your results in the table below.

Results for Functional Group TestsFunctional Group Test +/− Functional Group Test +/−Bromine Test Iodoform Test

Permanganate Test Sodium Hydroxide

Jones Oxidation Test Hydroxamate Test

Lucas Test Hinsberg Test

Periodic Acid Hydrochloric Acid

Tollens Test Sodium Iodide/Acetone

2,4-Dinitrophenylhydrazine Sodium Iodide/Acetone + Heat

Sodium Bisulfite Addition

6. Using the data you have now collected, determine the structure of your unknown compound and report the name and structure below. Be sure to include your unknown number, which is shown on the chalkboard.

Unknown # ________ Name:

Structure:

125© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 131: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

8-1: Benzene Nitration – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 3-nitro-benzaldehyde. This is an electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction. Examine the product carefully and determine the substitution pattern. Which group will already be present in the substrate? Keep in mind the mechanism and how that will control the selectivity of the process.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Benzene Nitration – 1 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

126© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 132: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

3-Nitro-benzaldehyde

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

127© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 133: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

8-2: Benzene Nitration – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 1-methyl-4-nitro-benzene. This is an electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction. Examine the product carefully and determine the substitution pattern. Which group will already be present in the substrate? Keep in mind the mechanism and how that will control the selectivity of the process. Remember, you can easily separate ortho and para isomers.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Benzene Nitration – 2 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

128© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 134: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

1-Methyl-4-nitro-benzene

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

129© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 135: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

8-3: Benzene Nitration – 3

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 1-methyl-2-nitro-benzene. This is an electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction. Examine the product carefully and determine the substitution pattern. Which group will already be present in the substrate? Keep in mind the mechanism and how that will control the selectivity of the process. Remember, you can easily separate ortho and para isomers.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Benzene Nitration – 3 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

130© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 136: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

1-Methyl-2-nitro-benzene

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

131© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 137: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

8-4: Friedel-Crafts – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 4-acetyltoluene. This is an electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction. Examine the product carefully and determine the substitution pattern. Which group will already be present in the substrate? Keep in mind the mechanism and how that will control the selectivity of the process. Remember, you can easily separate ortho and para isomers.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Friedel-Crafts – 1 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

132© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 138: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

4-Acetyltoluene

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

133© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 139: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

8-5: Friedel-Crafts – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-acetyltoluene. This is an electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction. Examine the product carefully and determine the substitution pattern. Which group will already be present in the substrate? Keep in mind the mechanism and how that will control the selectivity of the process. Remember, you can easily separate ortho and para isomers.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Friedel-Crafts – 2 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

134© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 140: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Acetyltoluene

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

135© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 141: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

8-6: Friedel-Crafts – 3

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-methyl-benzophenone. This is an electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction. Examine the product carefully and determine the substitution pattern. Which group will already be present in the substrate? Keep in mind the mechanism and how that will control the selectivity of the process. Remember, you can easily separate ortho and para isomers.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Friedel-Crafts – 3 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

136© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 142: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Methyl-benzophenone

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

137© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 143: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

8-7: Friedel-Crafts – 4

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 4-methyl-benzophenone. This is an electrophilic aromatic substitution reaction. Examine the product carefully and determine the substitution pattern. Which group will already be present in the substrate? Keep in mind the mechanism and how that will control the selectivity of the process. Remember, you can easily separate ortho and para isomers.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Friedel-Crafts – 4 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

138© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 144: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

4-Methyl-benzophenone

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

139© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 145: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

9-1: Ester Formation

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is ethyl benzoate. This is a carboxylic acid derivative transformation. Keep in mind the mechanism and the order of reactivity found in this series. Examine the product and determine the bond that will be formed.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Ether Formation from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

140© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 146: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Ethyl benzoate

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

141© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 147: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

9-2: Amide Formation

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is N,N-diisopropyl benzamide. This is a carboxylic acid derivative transformation. Keep in mind the mechanism and the order of reactivity found in this series. Examine the product and determine the bond that will be formed.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Amide Formation from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

142© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 148: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

N,N-Diisopropyl-benzamide

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

143© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 149: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

9-3: Ester Hydrolysis

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is propionic acid. This is a carboxylic acid derivative transformation. Keep in mind the mechanism and the order of reactivity found in this series. Examine the product and determine the bond that will be formed.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Ester Hydrolysis from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add water (H2O) as a solvent/reagent and drag the flask to the stir plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

144© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 150: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Propionic acid

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

145© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 151: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

9-4: TransesterificationFor this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is ethyl propionate. This is a carboxylic acid derivative transformation. Keep in mind the mechanism and the potential of reaction reversibility. Examine the product and determine the bond that will be formed.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Transesterification from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

146© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 152: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Ethyl propionate

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

147© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 153: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

10-1: Grignard Addition – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 1-phenyl-1-propanol. This is an organometallic addition reaction. Examine the product and identify potential bonds that may be formed. Keep in mind the mechanism and the need to quench the reaction with acid to liberate the neutral product.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Grignard Addition – 1 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

148© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 154: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

1-Phenyl-1-propanol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

149© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 155: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

10-2: Grignard Addition – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-cyclohexyl-propan-2-ol. This is an organometallic addition reaction. Examine the product and identify potential bonds that may be formed. Keep in mind the mechanism and the need to quench the reaction with acid to liberate the neutral product.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Grignard Addition – 2 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

150© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 156: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Cyclohexyl-propan-2-ol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

151© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 157: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

10-3: Grignard Addition – 3

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is cyclohexane carboxylic acid. This is an organometallic addition reaction. Examine the product and identify potential bonds that may be formed. Keep in mind the mechanism and the need to quench the reaction with acid to liberate the neutral product.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Grignard Addition – 3 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

152© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 158: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Cyclohexane carboxylic acid

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

153© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 159: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

10-4: Carbonyl Reduction

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is benzyl alcohol. This is a hydride addition reaction. Examine the product and identify potential bonds that may be formed. Keep in mind the mechanism and the need to quench the reaction with acid to liberate the neutral product.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Carbonyl Reduction – 1 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

154© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 160: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Benzyl alcohol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

155© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 161: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

10-5: Acetal Formation

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 1,1-diethoxy-cyclohexane. This is a carbonyl addition reaction. Examine the product to determine the bonds that will be formed. Keep in mind the mechanism and how you might drive the reaction to completion.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Acetal Formation from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ethanol as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

156© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 162: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

1,1-Diethoxy-cyclohexane

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

157© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 163: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

11-1: α-Halogenation – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-bromo-butanal. This is another electrophilic substitution reaction. Examine the product and determine which bonds may be formed. Consider the mechanism and how a nucleophilic intermediate may be generated and used to form the new bond.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select -Halogenation – 1 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

158© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 164: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Bromo-butanal

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

159© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 165: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

11-2: α-Halogenation – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-bromo-cyclohexanone. This is another electrophilic substitution reaction. Examine the product and determine which bonds may be formed. Consider the mechanism and how a nucleophilic intermediate may be generated and used to form the new bond.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select ⍺-Halogenation – 2 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flash should be available on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

160© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 166: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Bromo-cyclohexanone

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

161© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 167: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

11-3: α-Halogenation – 3

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is bromo-phenyl-acetic acid. This is another electrophilic substitution reaction. Examine the product and determine which bonds may be formed. Consider the mechanism and how a nucleophilic intermediate may be generated and used to form the new bond.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select -Halogenation – 3 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

162© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 168: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Bromo-phenyl-acetic acid

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

163© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 169: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

11-4: Aldol – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-ethyl-3-hydroxy-hexanal. This is a symmetric aldol reaction. Examine the product and determine which bond may be formed to link the two aldehydes. Keep in mind the mechanism and identify the nucleophile and the electrophile.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Aldol – 1 from the list of assignments. After entering the

synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now put the mixture in an ice bath so the reaction mixture can be cooled.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

164© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 170: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Ethyl-3-hydroxy-hexanal

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

165© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 171: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

11-5: Aldol – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-ethyl-hex-2-enal. This is a symmetric aldol condensation reaction. Examine the product and determine which bond may be formed to link the two aldehydes. Keep in mind the mechanism and identify the nucleophile and the electrophile.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Aldol – 2 from the list of assignments. After entering the

organic laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

166© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 172: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet located to the right of the chalkboard and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Ethyl-hex-2-enal

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

167© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 173: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

11-6: Aldol – 3

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 3-phenyl-propenal. This is a crossed aldol reaction. Examine the product and determine which bond may be formed to link the two aldehydes. Keep in mind the mechanism and identify the nucleophile and the electrophile.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Aldol – 3 from the list of assignments. After entering the

synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

168© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 174: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

3-Phenyl-propenal

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

169© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 175: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

11-7: Aldol – 4

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 1-hydroxy-2,4,4-trimethyl-1-phenyl-pentan-3-one. This is a crossed aldol reaction. Examine the product and determine which bond may be formed to link the two carbonyl compounds. Keep in mind the mechanism and identify the nucleophile and the electrophile. This is a closed, 6-atom transition state arrangement that controls the stereochemistry of the process. The geometry of the enolate must be taken into account.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Aldol –4 from the list of assignments. After entering the

synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now put the mixture in an ice bath so the reaction mixture can be cooled.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

170© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 176: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

1-Hydroxy-2,4,4-trimethyl-1-

phenyl-pentan-3-on

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

171© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 177: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

11-8: Claisen Condensation – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is methyl acetoacetate. This is another carbonyl addition variation. Examine the product and determine which ester is the nucleophile and which is the electrophile. Keep in mind the mechanism and that you need to acidify the intermediate in order to isolate a neutral product.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Claisen Condensation –1 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

172© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 178: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, only 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Methyl acetoacetate

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

173© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 179: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

11-9: Claisen Condensation – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is methyl-3-oxopentanoate. This is a crossed carbonyl addition variation. Examine the product and determine which ester is the nucleophile and which is the electrophile. Keep in mind the mechanism and that you need to acidify the intermediate in order to isolate a neutral product.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Claisen Condensation –2 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

174© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 180: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Methyl-3-oxopentanoate

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

175© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 181: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

11-10: Claisen Condensation – 3

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is methyl-2-methyl-3-oxobutanoate. This is a crossed carbonyl addition variation. Examine the product and determine which ester is the nucleophile and which is the electrophile. Keep in mind the mechanism and that you need to acidify the intermediate in order to isolate a neutral product.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Claisen Condensation –3 from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

176© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 182: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Methyl-2-methyl-3-oxobutanoate

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

177© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 183: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

11-11: Dieckmann Reaction

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2-oxo-cyclohexane carboxylic acid methyl ester. This is an intramolecular carbonyl addition variation. Examine the product and determine which ester is the nucleophile and which is the electrophile. Keep in mind the mechanism and that you need to acidify the intermediate in order to isolate a neutral product.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Dieckmann Reaction from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

178© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 184: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2-Oxo-cyclohexane carboxylic acid

methyl ester

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12

† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

179© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 185: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

11-12: Aldol – 5

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is anti-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-hexanoic acid-2,6-dimethyl-phenyl ester. This is a crossed aldol reaction. Examine the product and determine which bond may be formed to link the two carbonyl compounds. Keep in mind the mechanism and identify the nucleophile and the electrophile. This is a closed, 6-atom transition state arrangement that controls the stereochemistry of the process. The geometry of the enolate must be considered.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Aldol –5 from the list of assignments. After entering the

synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now put the mixture in an ice bath so the reaction mixture can be cooled.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

180© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 186: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transfom Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench, and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

anti-3-hydroxy-2-methyl-hexanoic

acid-2,6-dimethyl-phenyl ester

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

181© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 187: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

12-1: Alcohol Oxidation – 1

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is benzoic acid. This is an oxidation reaction. Examine the product and determine a lower oxidation state functional group that may be present in the starting material.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alcohol Oxidation – 1 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

182© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 188: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Benzoic acid

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

183© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 189: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

12-2: Alcohol Oxidation – 2

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is benzaldehyde. This is an oxidation reaction. Examine the product and determine a lower oxidation state functional group that may be present in the starting material. Keep in mind that you need to stop at the aldehyde oxidation state and prevent carboxylic acid formation.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alcohol Oxidation – 2 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

184© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 190: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet located to the right of the chalkboard and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Benzaldehyde

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

185© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 191: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

12-3: Alcohol Oxidation – 3

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 3-methyl-cyclohex-2-enone. This is an oxidation reaction. Examine the product and determine a lower oxidation state functional group that may be present in the starting material. Keep in mind the mechanism and the possibility of a rearrangement.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alcohol Oxidation – 3 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

186© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 192: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

3-Methyl-cyclohex-2-enone

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

187© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 193: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

12-4: Aldehyde Oxidation

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is butanoic acid. This is an oxidation reaction. Examine the product and determine a lower oxidation state functional group that may be present in the starting material.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Aldehyde Oxidation from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

188© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 194: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4. 900 OH dimer

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Butanoic acid

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

189© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 195: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

12-5: Baeyer-Villiger Oxidation

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is propanoic acid, 1,1-dimethylethyl ester. This is an oxidation reaction. Examine the product and determine a lower oxidation state functional group that may be present in the starting material. Keep in mind the mechanism and the potential for a migration in the process. Why does one group migrate in preference to the other?

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Baeyer-Villiger Oxidation from the list of assignments.

After entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

190© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 196: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4. 1000 ester

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Propanoic acid, 1,1-dimethylethyl

ester

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

191© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 197: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

12-6: Alkene Dihydroxylation

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is cis-octahydro-naphthalene-4a,8a-diol. This is an oxidation reaction. Examine the product and determine a lower oxidation state functional group that may be present in the starting material. Keep in mind the mechanism and how it controls the stereochemistry of the process.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Alkene Dihydroxylation from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

192© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 198: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

cis-Octahydro-naphthalene-

4a,8a-diol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

193© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 199: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

12-7: Quinone Reduction

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is benzene-1,4-diol. This is an oxidation reaction. Examine the product and determine a lower oxidation state functional group that may be present in the starting material.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Quinone Reduction from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf, identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Select the appropriate solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

194© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 200: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

5. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

6. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

Benzene-1,4-diol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

7. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

195© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 201: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

13-1: Epoxidation – 3

For this assignment, the target compound that you should synthesize is 2,3-epoxy-cyclohexanol. This is an epoxidation reaction, an electrophilic process. Notice the cis relationship between the epoxide and the hydroxyl group. Keep in mind the mechanism and how that may control the cis selectivity of the process.

Synthesis Procedures1. Start Virtual ChemLab Organic and select Epoxidation – 3 from the list of assignments. After

entering the synthesis laboratory, use the available reagents on the stockroom shelf and identify the appropriate starting materials required to synthesize the target compound and add them to the round bottom flask. Now add ether (Et2O) as a solvent and drag the flask to the Stir Plate on the lab bench.

2. The round bottom flask containing the starting materials should now be on the stir plate, and the contents of the flask should be visible on the chalkboard. From the group of reagents found on the lab bench, select the correct reagent to synthesize the target compound and add it to the flask on the stir plate. Now attach the heater, condenser, and N2 gas to the round bottom flask so the reaction mixture can be heated.

3. Start the reaction by clicking on the Stir button on the front of the stir plate. You should be able to observe the reaction mixture stirring in the flask. Monitor the progress of the reaction using TLC measurements as necessary until the product has formed and the starting materials have been consumed. You can advance the laboratory time using the clock on the wall. With the electronic lab book open (click on the lab book on the stockroom counter), you can also save your TLC plates by clicking Save on the TLC window.

4. When the reaction is complete, “work up” your reaction by doing a separatory funnel extraction. Drag and drop the separatory funnel on the flask and then add the appropriate solvent to the funnel. Either the organic or the aqueous layer can be removed by clicking and dragging it to the bench. Your target compound should be in one of these layers. The other layer can be discarded into the red bin.

5. The layer in the round bottom flask may contain multiple products. To separate them, you must carry out a distillation. Drag the flask back to the stir plate. Drag and drop the distillation apparatus onto the flask and attach flowing N2. Start the distillation by clicking on the Stir button. The temperature of the distillation flask can be monitored by hovering your mouse over the thermometer. As the temperature increases, products will evaporate and then distill into the collection flask at the back of the apparatus according to their boiling points. Products that are not needed can be discarded until the desired product is isolated.

List the starting materials, solvent, reagent, and products formed:

How long did it take to finish the reaction?

What are the TLC values (Rf) for (a) Starting Materials: (b) Products:

Write a mechanism for this reaction:

196© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved

Page 202: 1-1: Using Thin Layer Chromatography · Web viewThe most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy

FTIR and NMR SpectraAfter completing a reaction and working up the products, it is still necessary to confirm that the correct product was formed. The most common tools used for this analysis are Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) and Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy. In the virtual laboratory, 1H and 13C NMR spectra are available. Details on interpreting FTIR and NMR spectra are found in your textbook. Your instructor may or may not ask you to perform this section depending on how your class is structured.

6. To collect an FTIR spectrum of your product, click on the FTIR spectrometer located to the right of the lab bench and drag the salt plate icon to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the FTIR spectrum for your product should now open. Identify the relevant peaks in the FTIR spectrum and record the position and associated functional group for each in the FTIR table below. The FTIR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis.

FTIR List position (cm-1) & functional group 4.

1. 5.

2. 6.

3. 7.

7. To collect a 1H NMR spectrum of your product, click on the NMR magnet and drag the NMR sample tube to the flask on the lab bench. A window containing the NMR spectrum for your product should now open. You can zoom into various portions of the NMR spectrum by clicking and dragging over the desired area. The Zoom Out button is used to zoom back out to view the full spectrum. Identify all of the peaks in the NMR spectrum and record the chemical shift, the splitting, and the number of hydrogens for each peak in the NMR table below. The NMR spectrum can also be saved to the lab book for later analysis. If necessary to confirm the structure of your product, you can measure the 13C NMR for the product and record the chemical shifts for the peaks. Mass spectrometry is also available if needed.

1H NMR

Structure:

2,3-Epoxy-cyclohexanol

Peak Chemical Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡ Peak Chemical

Shift (δ) Multiplicity† H‡

1 7

2 8

3 9

4 10

5 11

6 12† Specify the multiplicity as a singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), or multiplet (m). ‡ Specify the number of hydrogens associated with each peak.

8. Do the FTIR and NMR spectra you measured and recorded in the tables above confirm that you

synthesized the assigned target compound? Explain.

197© Beyond Labz, all rights reserved